blob: 4d9dd57cc342d757ab026a0188acd5a69c8b9019 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222/board Board dependent files
223/common Misc architecture independent functions
224/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226/drivers Commonly used device drivers
227/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229/include Header Files
230/lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234/net Networking code
235/post Power On Self Test
236/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239Software Configuration:
240=======================
241
242Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244
245There are two classes of configuration variables:
246
247* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_".
250
251* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260as an example here.
261
262
263Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264---------------------------------------------------
265
266For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270
271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config
273
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200274For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000275e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277
278
279Configuration Options:
280----------------------
281
282Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283such information is kept in a configuration file
284"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285
286Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288
289
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000290Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292build a config tool - later.
293
294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295The following options need to be configured:
296
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500299- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200300
301- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303
304- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310
311- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314
315- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302
318
319- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200322 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000325- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000332
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530333- Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family
337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000341
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200342- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000349
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000350- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000354 See doc/README.MPC866
355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000357
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000364
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600370- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose.
396
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum.
416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000422- Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific.
427
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100428- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200441
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200442- MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000474- ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC.
487
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000488- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
490
491 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
492 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
493 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
494 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
495 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
496 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
497 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000498 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100499 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000500 default environment.
501
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000502 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
503
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200504 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000505 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
506 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
507
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400508 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200509
510 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400511 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
512 concepts).
513
514 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
515 * New libfdt-based support
516 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400518
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200519 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
520 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
521 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
522 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200523 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600524 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200525
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200526 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
527 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500528
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600529 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
530
531 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
532 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000533
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500534 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
535
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200536 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500537 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
538
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200539 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
540
541 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
542 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
543 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
544 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
545 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
546 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
547
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000548 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
549
550 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
551 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
552 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
553 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
554 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
555 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
556 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
557
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100558- vxWorks boot parameters:
559
560 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
561 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
562 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
563
564 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
565 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
566 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
567 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
570
571 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
572
573 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
574 the defaults discussed just above.
575
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000576- Cache Configuration:
577 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
578 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
579 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
580
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000581- Cache Configuration for ARM:
582 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
583 controller
584 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
585 controller register space
586
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000587- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200588 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000589
590 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
591
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200592 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000593
594 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
595
596 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
597
598 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
599 the clock speed of the UARTs.
600
601 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
602
603 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
604 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
605 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
606
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000607 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
608
609 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
610 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
611 this variable to initialize the extra register.
612
613 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
614
615 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
616 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
617 variable to flush the UART at init time.
618
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000619
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000621 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
622 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
623 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
624 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000625
626 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
627 port routines must be defined elsewhere
628 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
629
630 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
631 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000632 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
634 (default big endian)
635 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
636 rectangle fill
637 (cf. smiLynxEM)
638 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
639 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
640 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
641 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000642 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
643 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000644 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
645 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000646 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000647 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
648 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
649 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
650 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
651 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
652 (i.e. i8042_getc)
653 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
654 (requires blink timer
655 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200656 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000657 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
658 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500659 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000660 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
661 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000662 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
663 linux_logo.h for logo.
664 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000665 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200666 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667 the logo
668
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000669 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
670 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
671 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
672
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000673 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
674 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
675 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000676
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000677 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
678 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
679 the "silent" environment variable. See
680 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000681
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000682- Console Baudrate:
683 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
684 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200685 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
686 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000687
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100688- Console Rx buffer length
689 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
690 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100691 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100692 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
693 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
694 the SMC.
695
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000696- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200697 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
698 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
699 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
700 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
701 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
702 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
703 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200704 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200705 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000706
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200707 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
708 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000709
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000710- Safe printf() functions
711 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
712 the printf() functions. These are defined in
713 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
714 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
715 If this option is not given then these functions will
716 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
717 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
718
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000719- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
720 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
721 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000722 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
723 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000724
725 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
726 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
727 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
728 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
729 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
730 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
731 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
732 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
733 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
734 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
735 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
736 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
737
738- Autoboot Command:
739 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
740 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
741 define a command string that is automatically executed
742 when no character is read on the console interface
743 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
744
745 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000746 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
747 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
748 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000749
750 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000751 The value of these goes into the environment as
752 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
753 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200754 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755
756- Pre-Boot Commands:
757 CONFIG_PREBOOT
758
759 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
760 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
761 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
762 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
763 entering interactive mode.
764
765 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
766 automatically generated or modified. For an example
767 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
768 modified when the user holds down a certain
769 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
770 booting the systems
771
772- Serial Download Echo Mode:
773 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
774 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
775 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
776 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
777 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
778 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
779 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
780
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500781- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000782 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
783 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200784 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000785
786- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500787 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
788 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000789 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
790 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500791 and augmenting with additional #define's
792 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000793
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500794 The default command configuration includes all commands
795 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000796
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500797 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
799 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
800 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
801 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
802 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
803 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
804 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500806 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
807 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
808 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600809 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
810 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
811 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
812 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500813 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
814 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500815 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500816 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
817 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500818 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000819 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
820 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500821 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000823 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
825 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
826 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000827 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000829 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000830 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
832 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
833 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
834 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
835 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
836 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000838 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
840 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
841 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
842 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000844 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
845 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500846 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
847 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400848 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
849 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
851 loop, loopw, mtest
852 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
853 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
854 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100855 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
857 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600858 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000859 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500860 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
861 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
862 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
863 host
864 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000865 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500866 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
867 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
868 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
869 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
870 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
871 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
872 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
873 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700874 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100875 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400876 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200877 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000879 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000880 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000881 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
882 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500884 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000885 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887
888 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
889 support you can write:
890
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
892 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400894 Other Commands:
895 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896
897 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000899 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
900 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
901 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
902 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
903 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
904 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905
906
907 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
908
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000909- Device tree:
910 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
911 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
912 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
913 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
914 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
915 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
916
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000917 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
918 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000919
920 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
921 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
922 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
923 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
924 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
925 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000926
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000927 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
928 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
929 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
930 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
931
932 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
933
934 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
935 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
936 still use the individual files if you need something more
937 exotic.
938
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000939- Watchdog:
940 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
941 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000942 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
943 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
944 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
945 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
946 available, then no further board specific code should
947 be needed to use it.
948
949 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
950 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
951 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
952 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000953
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000954- U-Boot Version:
955 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
956 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
957 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
958 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200959 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
960 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962- Real-Time Clock:
963
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000965 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
966 following options:
967
968 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
969 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000970 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000972 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000974 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000975 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100976 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000977 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200978 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200979 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
980 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000981
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000982 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
983 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
984
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600985- GPIO Support:
986 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
987 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
988
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000989 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
990 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
991 pins supported by a particular chip.
992
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600993 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
994 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
995
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000996- Timestamp Support:
997
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000998 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
999 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1000 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001001 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001002
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001003- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1004 Zero or more of the following:
1005 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1006 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1007 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1008 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1009 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1010 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1011 disk/part_efi.c
1012 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001014 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1015 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001016 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001017
1018- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001019 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1020 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001021
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001022 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1023 be performed by calling the function
1024 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1025 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001026
1027- ATAPI Support:
1028 CONFIG_ATAPI
1029
1030 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1031
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001032- LBA48 Support
1033 CONFIG_LBA48
1034
1035 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001036 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001037 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1038 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001040 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001041 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1042 Default is 32bit.
1043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044- SCSI Support:
1045 At the moment only there is only support for the
1046 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1047 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001049 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1050 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1051 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001052 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1053 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001054 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001055
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001056 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1057 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1058
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001059- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001060 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001061 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1062
1063 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1064 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1065 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1066 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1067
1068 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1069 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1070 example with the "sspi" command.
1071
1072 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1073 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1074 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001075
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001076 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001077 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001078
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001079 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1080 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001081 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001082 write routine for first time initialisation.
1083
1084 CONFIG_TULIP
1085 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1086 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1087 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1088
1089 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1090 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1091
1092 CONFIG_NS8382X
1093 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1094
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001095- NETWORK Support (other):
1096
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001097 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1098 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1099
1100 CONFIG_RMII
1101 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1102
1103 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1104 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1105 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1106
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001107 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1108 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1109
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001110 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001111 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1112
1113 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1114 Define this to hold the physical address
1115 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1116
1117 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1118 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1119
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001120 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001121 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1122
1123 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1124 Define this to hold the physical address
1125 of the device (I/O space)
1126
1127 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1128 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1129
1130 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1131 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1132 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1133
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001134 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1135 Support for davinci emac
1136
1137 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1138 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1139
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001140 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1141 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1142
1143 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1144 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1145 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1146 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1147 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1148 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1149 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1150 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1151
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001152 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001153 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1154
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001155 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001156 Define this to hold the physical address
1157 of the device (I/O space)
1158
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001159 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001160 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1161
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001162 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001163 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1164 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001165 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001166
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001167 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1168 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1169
1170 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1171 Define the number of ports to be used
1172
1173 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1174 Define the ETH PHY's address
1175
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001176 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1177 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1178
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001179- TPM Support:
1180 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1181 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1182 per system is supported at this time.
1183
1184 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1185 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1186 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1187 0xfed40000.
1188
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001189- USB Support:
1190 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001191 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001192 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1193 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001194 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001195 storage devices.
1196 Note:
1197 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1198 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001199 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1200 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1201 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001202 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1203 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001204 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1205 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1206 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001207 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1208 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001209 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001210 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1211 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001212
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001213 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1214 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1215
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001216- USB Device:
1217 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1218 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1219 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001220 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001221 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1222 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001223 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001224 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1225 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1226 a Linux host by
1227 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1228 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1229 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1230 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001231
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001232 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1233 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001234
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001235 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1236 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1237 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001238
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301239 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1240 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1241 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1242 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1243 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1244 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1245 speed.
1246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001247 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1249 be set to usbtty.
1250
1251 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001252 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001253 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001254 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001255
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001256 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001257 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001258 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001259
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001260 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001261 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001262 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001263 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1264 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1265 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1266
1267 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1268 Define this string as the name of your company for
1269 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001270
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001271 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1272 Define this string as the name of your product
1273 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1274
1275 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1276 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1277 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1278 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1279 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001280
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001281 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1282 Define this as the unique Product ID
1283 for your device
1284 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001285
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001286- ULPI Layer Support:
1287 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1288 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1289 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1290 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1291 viewport is supported.
1292 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1293 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001294 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1295 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1296 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001297
1298- MMC Support:
1299 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1300 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1301 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1302 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001303 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1304 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001305
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001306 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1307 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1308
1309 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1310 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1311
1312 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1313 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1314
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001315- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1316 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1317 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1318 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001320 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1321 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001322 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1323
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001324 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001325 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1326 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1327
1328 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001329 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001330 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1331 have not defined a custom partition
1332
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001333- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1334 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001335
1336 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1337 file in FAT formatted partition.
1338
1339 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1340 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001341
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001342CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1343 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1344
1345 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1346 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1347 and cbfsload.
1348
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001349- Keyboard Support:
1350 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1351
1352 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1353 support
1354
1355 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1356 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1357 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1358 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1359 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1360
1361- Video support:
1362 CONFIG_VIDEO
1363
1364 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1365 video).
1366
1367 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1368
1369 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1370
1371 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001372 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001373 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1374 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1375 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001376
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001377 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001378 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001379 are possible:
1380 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001381 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001382
1383 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1384 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1385 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1386 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1387 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1388 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1389 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001390 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1391
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001392 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001393 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001394
1395
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001396 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001397 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001398 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1399 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1400
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001401 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001402 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001403 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1404 support, and should also define these other macros:
1405
1406 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1407 CONFIG_VIDEO
1408 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1409 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1410 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1411 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1412 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1413 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1414
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001415 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1416 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1417 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1418 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001419
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001420 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1421
1422 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1423 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1424 driver.
1425
1426
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001427- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001428 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001429
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001430 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1431 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1432 defined in your board-specific files.
1433 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001434
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001435- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1436
1437 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1438 display); also select one of the supported displays
1439 by defining one of these:
1440
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001441 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1442
1443 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1444
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001445 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001446
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001447 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001448
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001449 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001450
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001451 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1452 Active, color, single scan.
1453
1454 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1455
1456 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001457 Active, color, single scan.
1458
1459 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1460
1461 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1462 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1463
1464 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1465
1466 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1467 Active, color, single scan.
1468
1469 CONFIG_HLD1045
1470
1471 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1472 Active, color, single scan.
1473
1474 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1475
1476 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1477 or
1478 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1479 or
1480 Hitachi SP14Q002
1481
1482 320x240. Black & white.
1483
1484 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001485 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001486
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001487 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1488
1489 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1490
1491
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001492- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001493
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001494 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1495 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1496 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001497 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001498 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1499 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1500 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1501 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001502
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001503 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1504
1505 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1506 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1507 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1508 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1509 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1510 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1511
1512 Example:
1513 setenv splashpos m,m
1514 => image at center of screen
1515
1516 setenv splashpos 30,20
1517 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1518
1519 setenv splashpos -10,m
1520 => vertically centered image
1521 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1522
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001523- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1524
1525 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1526 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1527 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1528
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001529- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1530
1531 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1532 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1533 bmp command.
1534
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001535- Do compresssing for memory range:
1536 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1537
1538 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1539 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1540
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001541- Compression support:
1542 CONFIG_BZIP2
1543
1544 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1545 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1546 compressed images are supported.
1547
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001548 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001549 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001550 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001551
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001552 CONFIG_LZMA
1553
1554 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1555 images is included.
1556
1557 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1558 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1559 formula:
1560
1561 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1562
1563 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1564 and Literal pos bits.
1565
1566 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1567 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1568 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1569 a very small buffer.
1570
1571 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1572 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001573 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001574
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001575- MII/PHY support:
1576 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1577
1578 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1579
1580 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1581
1582 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1583
1584 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1585
1586 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001587 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001588
1589 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1590
1591 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1592 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1593 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1594 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1595
1596 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1597
1598 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1599 command issued before MII status register can be read
1600
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001601- Ethernet address:
1602 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001603 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001604 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1605 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001606 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1607 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001608
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001609 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1610 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001611 is not determined automatically.
1612
1613- IP address:
1614 CONFIG_IPADDR
1615
1616 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001617 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001618 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001619 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001620
1621- Server IP address:
1622 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1623
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001624 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001625 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001626 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001627
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001628 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1629
1630 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1631 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1632
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001633- Gateway IP address:
1634 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1635
1636 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1637 default router where packets to other networks are
1638 sent to.
1639 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1640
1641- Subnet mask:
1642 CONFIG_NETMASK
1643
1644 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1645 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1646 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1647 forwarded through a router.
1648 (Environment variable "netmask")
1649
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001650- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1651 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1652
1653 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1654 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001655 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001656 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1657 multicast group.
1658
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001659- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1660 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1661
1662 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1663 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1664 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1665 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1666 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1667 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1668 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1669 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001670 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001671
1672 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1673 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1674 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1675 4th and following
1676 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1677
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001678- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001679 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1680 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001681
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001682 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1683 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1684 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1685 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1686 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1687 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1688 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1689 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1690 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1691 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1692 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1693 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001694 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001695
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001696 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1697 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001698
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001699 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1700 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1701 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1702 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1703 is not available.
1704
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001705 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1706 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1707 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1708 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1709 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1710 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1711 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001712 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001713
1714 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1715 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1716 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001717 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001718 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1719 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001720
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001721 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1722
1723 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1724 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1725 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1726 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1727 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1728 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1729 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1730 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1731 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1732 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1733 this delay.
1734
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001735 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1736 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1737 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1738 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1739 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1740
1741 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1742
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001743 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001744 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001745
1746 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1747
1748 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1749
1750 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1751 of the device.
1752
1753 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1754
1755 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1756 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001757 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001758
1759 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1760
1761 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1762 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1763
1764 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1765
1766 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1767
1768 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1769
1770 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1771
1772 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1773
1774 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1775
1776 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1777
1778 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1779 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1780
1781 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1782
1783 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1784
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001785- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1786
1787 Several configurations allow to display the current
1788 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1789 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1790 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1791 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1792 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1793 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1794 feature in U-Boot.
1795
1796- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1797
1798 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1799 on those systems that support this (optional)
1800 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1801
1802- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1803
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001804 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001805 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001806 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001807
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001808 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001809 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001810 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1811 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001812 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001813
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001814 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001815
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001816 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001817 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1818 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001819
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001820 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001821 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001823 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001824 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001825 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001826 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001827
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001828 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001829 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001830 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1831 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1832 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001833
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001834 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1835
1836 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1837 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1838 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1839 commands until the slave device responds.
1840
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001841 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001842
1843 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1844 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1845 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001846
1847 I2C_INIT
1848
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001849 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001850 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001851
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001852 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001853
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854 I2C_PORT
1855
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001856 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1857 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1858 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001859
1860 I2C_ACTIVE
1861
1862 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1863 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1864 define can be null.
1865
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001866 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1867
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001868 I2C_TRISTATE
1869
1870 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1871 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1872 define can be null.
1873
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001874 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1875
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001876 I2C_READ
1877
1878 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1879 FALSE if it is low.
1880
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001881 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1882
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001883 I2C_SDA(bit)
1884
1885 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1886 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1887
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001888 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001889 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001890 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001891
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001892 I2C_SCL(bit)
1893
1894 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1895 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1896
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001897 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001898 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001899 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001900
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901 I2C_DELAY
1902
1903 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1904 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001905 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001906 like:
1907
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001908 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001910 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1911
1912 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1913 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1914 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1915 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1916
1917 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1918 the generic GPIO functions.
1919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001920 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001921
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001922 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1923 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1924 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1925 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1926 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1927 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1928 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1929 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001930
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001931 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1932
1933 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1934 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1935 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1936 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1937 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1938 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1939 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1940 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1941
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001942 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1943
1944 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1945 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1946 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1947
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001948 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1949
1950 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001951 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1952 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001953 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1954
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001955 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001956
1957 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001958 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001959 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1960 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001961
1962 e.g.
1963 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001964 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001965
1966 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1967
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001968 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001969 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001970
1971 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001973 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001974
1975 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1976 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001978 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001979
1980 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1981 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001983 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001984
1985 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1986 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001988 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001989
1990 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1991 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1992 specified DTT device.
1993
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001994 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1995
1996 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001997 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001998
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001999 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2000
2001 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2002 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2003 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2004 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2005 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2006 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2007
2008 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2009 feature!
2010
2011 Example:
2012 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2013 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2014 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2015
2016 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2017
2018 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2019 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2020
2021 => i2c bus
2022 Busses reached over muxes:
2023 Bus ID: 2
2024 reached over Mux(es):
2025 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2026 Bus ID: 3
2027 reached over Mux(es):
2028 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2029 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2030 =>
2031
2032 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002033 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2034 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002035 the channel 4.
2036
2037 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002038 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002039 the 2 muxes.
2040
2041 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2042 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2043 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2044 to add this option to other architectures.
2045
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002046 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2047
2048 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2049 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2050 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2051 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2052 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2053 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2054 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002055
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002056- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2057
2058 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2059 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2060 D/As on the SACSng board)
2061
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002062 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2063
2064 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2065 only SH7757 is supported.
2066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002067 CONFIG_SPI_X
2068
2069 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2070 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2071
2072 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2073
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002074 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2075 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2076 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2077 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2078 defined, the board configuration must define several
2079 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2080 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002081
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002082 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2083
2084 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2085 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2086 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002087 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002088 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2089
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002090 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2091
2092 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002093 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002094
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002095- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2096
2097 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2098
2099 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2100
2101 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2102 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2103
2104 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2105
2106 Enables support for FPGA family.
2107 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2108
2109 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002110
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002111 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002113 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002114
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002115 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002117 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002119 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2120 status by the configuration function. This option
2121 will require a board or device specific function to
2122 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002123
2124 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2125
2126 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2127 configuration driver.
2128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002129 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002130 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002132 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002133
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002134 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2135 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2136 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2137 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002139 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002140
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002141 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2142 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2143 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002144 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002145
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002146 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002147
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002148 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002149 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002151 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002152
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002153 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002154 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002155
2156- Configuration Management:
2157 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2158
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002159 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2160 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161
2162- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2163
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002164 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2165 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002166 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002167 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2168 protects these variables from casual modification by
2169 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2170 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002171 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002172
2173 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2174 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002175 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002176 these parameters.
2177
2178 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2179 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002180 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002181 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2182 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2183 read-only.]
2184
2185- Protected RAM:
2186 CONFIG_PRAM
2187
2188 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2189 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2190 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2191 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2192 this default value by defining an environment
2193 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2194 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2195 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2196 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2197 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2198 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2199 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2200
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002201 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202 saveenv
2203
2204 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2205 either, which results in a memory region that will
2206 not be affected by reboots.
2207
2208 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2209 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2210 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2211 following board configurations are known to be
2212 "pRAM-clean":
2213
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002214 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2215 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002216 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002217
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002218- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2219 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2220 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2221 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2222 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2223 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2224 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002226- Error Recovery:
2227 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2228
2229 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2230 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2231 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002232 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002233 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2234 useful during development since you can try to debug
2235 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2236
2237 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2238
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002239 This variable defines the number of retries for
2240 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2241 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2242 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002243
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002244 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2245
2246 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2247
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002248 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2249
2250 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2251 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2252 try longer timeout such as
2253 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2254
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002256 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002257
2258 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2259
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002260 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2261 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002262
2263
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002264 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265
2266 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2267 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2268 powerful command line syntax like
2269 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2270 constructs ("shell scripts").
2271
2272 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2273 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2274
2275
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002276 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277
2278 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2279 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2280 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2281
2282 Note:
2283
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002284 In the current implementation, the local variables
2285 space and global environment variables space are
2286 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2287 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2288 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2289 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2290 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002291
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002292 Global environment variables are those you use
2293 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2294 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2295 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002296
2297 To store commands and special characters in a
2298 variable, please use double quotation marks
2299 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2300 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2301 symbols.
2302
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002303- Commandline Editing and History:
2304 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2305
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002306 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002307 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002308
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002309- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002310 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2311
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002312 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2313 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002314 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002315
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002316 For example, place something like this in your
2317 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318
2319 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2320 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2321 "myvar2=value2\0"
2322
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002323 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2324 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2325 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2326 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002327 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002328 You better know what you are doing here.
2329
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002330 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2331 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002332 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002333 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002334
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002335 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2336
2337 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2338 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2339 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2340
2341 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2342
2343 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2344 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2345 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2346 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2347 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2348
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002349 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2350
2351 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2352 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2353 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2354
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002355- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002356 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2357
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002358 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2359 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2360 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002361
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002362- Serial Flash support
2363 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2364
2365 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2366 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2367
2368 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2369 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2370 commands.
2371
2372 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2373 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2374 flash is present on the system.
2375
2376 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2377 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2378 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2379 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2380
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002381- SystemACE Support:
2382 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2383
2384 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2385 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002386 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002387 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002388
2389 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002390 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002391
2392 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2393 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2394
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002395- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2396 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2397
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002398 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002399 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002400 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002401 number generator is used.
2402
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002403 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2404 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2405 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2406
2407 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002408 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2409 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2410 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2411 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2412 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2413 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2414
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002415- Hashing support:
2416 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2417
2418 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2419 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2420
2421 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2422
2423 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2424 size a little.
2425
2426 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2427 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2428
2429 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2430 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2431
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002432- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002433 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2434
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002435 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2436 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2437 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2438 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2439 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2440 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002441
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002442- Detailed boot stage timing
2443 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2444 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2445 of the boot process.
2446
2447 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2448 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2449 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2450 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2451 the limit, recording will stop.
2452
2453 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2454 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2455
2456 Timer summary in microseconds:
2457 Mark Elapsed Stage
2458 0 0 reset
2459 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2460 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2461 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2462 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2463 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2464 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2465 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2466
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002467 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2468 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2469 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2470
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002471 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2472 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2473 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2474 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2475 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2476 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2477 For example:
2478
2479 bootstage {
2480 154 {
2481 name = "board_init_f";
2482 mark = <3575678>;
2483 };
2484 170 {
2485 name = "lcd";
2486 accum = <33482>;
2487 };
2488 };
2489
2490 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2491
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002492Legacy uImage format:
2493
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002494 Arg Where When
2495 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002496 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002497 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002498 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002500 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2502 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2503 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002504 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002505 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2506 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2507 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2508 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002509 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002511
2512 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2513 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2514 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2515 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2516 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2517 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2518 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002519 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002520 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2521 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2522
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002523 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002524
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002525 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002526 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2527 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002528
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002529 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2530 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2531 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2532 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2533 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2534 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2535 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2536 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2537 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2538 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2539 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2540 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2541 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2542 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2543 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2544 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2545 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2546 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2547 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2548 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2549 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2550 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2551 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2552 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2553 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2554 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2555 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2556 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2557 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2558 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2559 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2560 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2561 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2562 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2563 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2564 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2565 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2566 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2567 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2568 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2569 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2570 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2571 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2572 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2573 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2574 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2575 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002576
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002577 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002579 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002580 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2581 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002582
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002583 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2584 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002585 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002586 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2587 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2588 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002589 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2590 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002591 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002592
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002593FIT uImage format:
2594
2595 Arg Where When
2596 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2597 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2598 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2599 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2600 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2601 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002602 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002603 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2604 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2605 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2606 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2607 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002608 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2609 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002610 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2611 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2612 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2613 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2614 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2615 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2616 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2617 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2618
2619 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2620 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2621 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002622 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002623 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2624 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2625 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2626 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2627 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2628 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2629 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2630 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2631 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2632 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2633 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2634 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2635
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002636 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002637 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2638
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002639 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002640 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2641
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002642 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002643 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2644
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002645- FIT image support:
2646 CONFIG_FIT
2647 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2648
2649 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2650 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2651 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2652 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2653 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2654 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2655
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002656- Standalone program support:
2657 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2658
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002659 This option defines a board specific value for the
2660 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2661 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002662 settings.
2663
2664- Frame Buffer Address:
2665 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2666
2667 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2668 address for frame buffer.
2669 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2670 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002671 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002672
2673 Please see board_init_f function.
2674
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002675- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2676 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2677 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2678 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2679
2680 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2681 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2682
2683- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2684 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2685
2686 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2687 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2688
2689 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2690
2691 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2692 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2693
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002694- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002695 CONFIG_SPL
2696 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002697
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002698 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2699 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2700
2701 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2702 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2703
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002704 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2705 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002706
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002707 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2708 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2709 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2710
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002711 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2712 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2713
2714 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2715 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2716
2717 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2718 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2719
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002720 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2721 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2722 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2723 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2724
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002725 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2726 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2727
2728 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2729 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002730
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002731 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2732 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2733 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2734 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2735
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002736 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2737 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2738 about the running system.
2739
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002740 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2741 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2742
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002743 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2744 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002745
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002746 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2747 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002748
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002749 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2750 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002751
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002752 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2753 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002754
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002755 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2756 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002757
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002758 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2759 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2760 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2761 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2762 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2763
2764 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2765 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2766
2767 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2768 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2769
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002770 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2771 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2772 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2773
2774 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2775 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2776
2777 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2778 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2779
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002780 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002781 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2782 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002783
2784 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2785 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2786 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2787 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2788 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2789 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002790 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002791
2792 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002793 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2794
2795 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2796 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2797
2798 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2799 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002800
2801 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002802 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002803
2804 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2805 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2806 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2807
2808 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2809 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2810 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2811
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002812 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2813 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002814
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002815 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2816 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002817
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002818 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2819 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002820
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002821 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2822 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2823
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002824 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2825 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002826
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002827 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2828 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2829 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2830 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002832Modem Support:
2833--------------
2834
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002835[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002837- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002838 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2839
2840- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2841 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2842
2843- Modem debug support:
2844 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2845
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002846 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2847 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002849- Interrupt support (PPC):
2850
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002851 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2852 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002853 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002854 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002855 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002856 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002857 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002858 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2859 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2860 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862- General:
2863
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002864 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2865 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2866 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002867 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002868 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2869 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2870 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002871
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002872 If there are no modem init strings in the
2873 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2874 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002875 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002876
2877 See also: doc/README.Modem
2878
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002879Board initialization settings:
2880------------------------------
2881
2882During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2883to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2884before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2885following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2886architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2887typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2888
2889- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2890- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2891- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2892- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002893
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894Configuration Settings:
2895-----------------------
2896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002897- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002898 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2899
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002900- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2901 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002903- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904 prompt for user input.
2905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002906- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002907
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002908- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002910- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002912- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002913 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2914 booted
2915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002916- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002917 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002919- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002920 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002922- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002923 If the board specific function
2924 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2925 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002928- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002929 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002931- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002934- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002935 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2936 simple memory test.
2937
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002938- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002939 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002941- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002942 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2943 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002945- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2946 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002947 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002948 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002949 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2950 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2951 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002952 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002953 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002954 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002955
2956 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2957 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2958 be touched.
2959
2960 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2961 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2962 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2963 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2964 problems.
2965
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002966- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002967 Default load address for network file downloads
2968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002969- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002970 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002972- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002973 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002975- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2977 Cogent motherboard)
2978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002979- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002980 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002982- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2984 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002985 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002986 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002988- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002989 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2990 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2991 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2992 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002994- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002997- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002998 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2999 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003000 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003001 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3002
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003003- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003004 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3005 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003006 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3007 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3008 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3009 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003010 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003011 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3012 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3013 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003014
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003015- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3016 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3017 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3018 is enabled.
3019
3020- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3021 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3022 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3023
3024- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3025 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3026 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003028- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003029 Max number of Flash memory banks
3030
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003031- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3033
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003034- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003035 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003037- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003038 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003040- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003041 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003043- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003044 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3045
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003046- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003047 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3048 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003050- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003051
3052 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3053 without this option such a download has to be
3054 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3055 copy from RAM to flash.
3056
3057 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3058 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003059 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3060 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003061 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003063- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003064 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003065 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3066
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003067- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003068 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3069 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003070
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003071- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3072 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3073 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3074 to the MTD layer.
3075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003076- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003077 Use buffered writes to flash.
3078
3079- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3080 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3081 write commands.
3082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003083- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003084 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3085 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3086 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3087 optionally available.
3088
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003089- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3090 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3091 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3092 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003095 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3096 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003097 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3098 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003099 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003100 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3101
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003102- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3103
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003104 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3105 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3106 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3107 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3108 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003109
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3111of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3112following configurations:
3113
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003114- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3115
3116 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3117 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003119- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003120
3121 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3122
3123 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3124 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3125 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3126 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3127 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3128 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3129 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3130 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3131 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3132 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3133 between U-Boot and the environment.
3134
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003135 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003136
3137 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3138 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3139 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3140 for this sector is given here.
3141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003144 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003145
3146 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3147 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003148 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003150 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003151
3152 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3153
3154
3155 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3156 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3157 the environment.
3158
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003159 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003161 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003162 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003163 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3164 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3165
3166 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3167 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3168 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3169 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3170 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3171 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3172 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3173 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3174 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003176 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3177 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003178
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003179 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003180 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003181 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003182 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003183
3184BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3185source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3186accordingly!
3187
3188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003189- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190
3191 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3192 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3193 environment.
3194
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003195 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3196 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003197
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003198 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3200 can just be read and written to, without any special
3201 provision.
3202
3203BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3204in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003205console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206U-Boot will hang.
3207
3208Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3209environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3210keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3211to save the current settings.
3212
3213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003214- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215
3216 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3217 device and a driver for it.
3218
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003219 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3220 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003221
3222 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3223 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003225 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003226 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3227 The default address is zero.
3228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003229 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003230 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3231 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3232 would require six bits.
3233
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003234 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003235 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003236 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003238 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003239 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3240 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3241
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003242 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003243 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3244 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3245 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3246 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3247 byte chips.
3248
3249 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3250 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3251 in the chip address.
3252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003253 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003254 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3255
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003256 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3257 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3258 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3259
3260 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3261 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3262 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3263 EEPROM. For example:
3264
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003265 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003266
3267 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3268 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003270- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003271
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003272 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003273 want to use for the environment.
3274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003275 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3276 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3277 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003278
3279 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3280 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3281 at the specified address.
3282
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003283- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3284
3285 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3286 want to use for the local device's environment.
3287
3288 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3289 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3290
3291 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3292 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3293 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003294 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003295
3296BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3297"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003298environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3299but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003301- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003302
3303 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3304 for the environment.
3305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003306 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3307 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003308
3309 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003310 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3311 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003312
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003313 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003315 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003316 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3317 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003318 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003319 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003320
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003321 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3322
3323 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3324 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3325 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3326 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3327 the range to be avoided.
3328
3329 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3330
3331 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3332 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3333 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3334 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3335 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003336
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003337- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3338
3339 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3340 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3341 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3342
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003343- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003344
3345 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3346 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3347 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3348 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3349 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3350 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3351 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3352
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003353Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003354has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003355created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003356until then to read environment variables.
3357
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003358The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3359is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3360with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3361necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3362"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3363have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003364
3365Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3366the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003367use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003368
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003369- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003370 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003372 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003373 also needs to be defined.
3374
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003375- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003376 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003377
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003378- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3379 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3380 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3381 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3382 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3383 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3384
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003385Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003386---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003387
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003388- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003391- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003392 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003393
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003394 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3395 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3396 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003398- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3399 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3400 PowerPC SOCs.
3401
3402- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3403 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3404 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3405
3406 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3407 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3408
3409- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3410 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3411 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003412 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003413 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3414 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3415 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3416
3417 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3418 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3419
3420- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003421 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3422 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003423 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3424 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3425
3426- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3427 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3428 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3429 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3430
3431- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3432 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3433 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3434
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003435- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003436 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003437
3438 the default drive number (default value 0)
3439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003440 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003441
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003442 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003443 (default value 1)
3444
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003445 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003446
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003447 defines the offset of register from address. It
3448 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003449 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003451 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3452 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003453 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003454
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003455 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003456 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3457 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3458 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3459 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003460
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003461- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3462 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3463 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3464 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3465 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3466 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3467 is requierd.
3468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003469- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003470 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003471 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003473- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003475 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3477 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3478 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3479 will become available only after programming the
3480 memory controller and running certain initialization
3481 sequences.
3482
3483 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3484 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3485 - MPC824X: data cache
3486 - PPC4xx: data cache
3487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003488- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003489
3490 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003491 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3492 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003494 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003495 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3496 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3497 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498
3499 Note:
3500 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3501 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003502 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3504 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3505
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003506- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003508- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003512- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003514- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003516- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003518- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519 SDRAM timing
3520
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003521- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003522 periodic timer for refresh
3523
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003524- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003526- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3527 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3528 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3529 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003530 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3531
3532- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003533 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3534 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003535 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003537- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3538 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3540 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003542- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003543 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3544 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3545
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003546- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003547 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3548 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3549
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003550- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003551 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3552 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003554- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3556 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3557 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3558
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003559- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003560 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3561 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3562 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3563 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003565- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3566 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3567 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3568 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3569 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3570 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3571 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3572 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003573 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003574
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003575- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3576 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3577 required.
3578
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003579- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3580 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3581 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3582 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3583 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3584 by coreboot or similar.
3585
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003586- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3587 Chip has SRIO or not
3588
3589- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3590 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3591
3592- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3593 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3594
3595- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3596 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3597
3598- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3599 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3600
3601- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3602 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3603
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003604- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3605 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3606 16 bit bus.
3607
3608- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3609 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3610 a default value will be used.
3611
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003612- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003613 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3614 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3615
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003616 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3617 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3618
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003619- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003620 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3621 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3622 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003623
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003624- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3625 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3626 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3627 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3628 header files or board specific files.
3629
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003630- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3631 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3632
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003633- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003634 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3635 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003636
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003637- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3638 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3639
3640- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3641 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003642 to the given FEC; i. e.
3643 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003644 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3645
3646 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3647
3648- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3649 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3650 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3651
3652- CONFIG_RMII
3653 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3654 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3655 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3656
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003657- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3658 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3659 The syntax is:
3660
3661 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3662
3663 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3664 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3665 area should have.
3666
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003667- CONFIG_LOOPW
3668 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003669 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003670
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003671- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3672 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3673 "md/mw" commands.
3674 Examples:
3675
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003676 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003677 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3678
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003679 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003680 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3681
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003682 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003683 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003684
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003685- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003686 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003687 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3688 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3689 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003690
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003691 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3692 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3693 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3694 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003695
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003696- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003697 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3698 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3699 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003700
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003701- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3702 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3703 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3704 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3705 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3706
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003707- CONFIG_X86_NO_RESET_VECTOR
3708 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is excluded. You will need
3709 to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3710
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003711- CONFIG_X86_NO_REAL_MODE
3712 If defined, x86 real mode code is omitted. This assumes a
3713 32-bit environment where such code is not needed. You will
3714 need to do this when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3715
3716
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003717Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3718-----------------------------------
3719
3720The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3721loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3722This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3723are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3724within that device.
3725
3726- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3727 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3728 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3729 is also specified.
3730
3731- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3732 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3733 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3734 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3735 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3736
3737- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3738 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3739 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3740 virtual address in NOR flash.
3741
3742- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3743 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3744 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3745
3746- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3747 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3748 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3749
3750- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3751 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3752 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3753
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003754- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3755 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3756 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003757 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3758 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3759 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003760
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761Building the Software:
3762======================
3763
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003764Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3765and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3766all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3767(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3768recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3769which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003771If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3772have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3773you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3774Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3775necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003777 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3778 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003780Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3781 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3782 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3783 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3784
3785 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3786
3787 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3788 be executed on computers running Windows.
3789
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003790U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3791sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003792is done by typing:
3793
3794 make NAME_config
3795
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003796where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003797rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003799Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3800 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3801 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3802 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003803 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003805 make TQM823L_config
3806 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003808 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3809 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003811 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003814Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3815images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003817- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3818- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3819- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003821By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3822in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3823this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3824
38251. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3826
3827 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3828 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3829 make O=/tmp/build all
3830
38312. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3832
3833 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3834 make distclean
3835 make NAME_config
3836 make all
3837
3838Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3839variable.
3840
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003842Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3843for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3844native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003847If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3848to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3849steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000038511. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003852 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3853 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000038542. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3855 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3856 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
38573. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3858 your board
38593. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3860 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
38614. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
38625. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3863 to be installed on your target system.
38646. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3865 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003868Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3869==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003871If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3872or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003873provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3874the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003875official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003876
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003877But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3878cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003879the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3880just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003881for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3882select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3883environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3884you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003886 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003888or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003890 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003891
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003892When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3893U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3894setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3895built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3896<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3897location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3898variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003899
3900 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3901 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3902 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3903
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003904With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3905log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3906during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003907
3908
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003909See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003910
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003912Monitor Commands - Overview:
3913============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003915go - start application at address 'addr'
3916run - run commands in an environment variable
3917bootm - boot application image from memory
3918bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003919bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003920tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3921 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3922 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003923tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003924rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3925diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3926loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3927loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3928md - memory display
3929mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3930nm - memory modify (constant address)
3931mw - memory write (fill)
3932cp - memory copy
3933cmp - memory compare
3934crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003935i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003936sspi - SPI utility commands
3937base - print or set address offset
3938printenv- print environment variables
3939setenv - set environment variables
3940saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3941protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3942erase - erase FLASH memory
3943flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00003944nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003945bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3946iminfo - print header information for application image
3947coninfo - print console devices and informations
3948ide - IDE sub-system
3949loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003950loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003951mtest - simple RAM test
3952icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3953dcache - enable or disable data cache
3954reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3955echo - echo args to console
3956version - print monitor version
3957help - print online help
3958? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003961Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3962========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003964TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003966For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003967
3968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003969Environment Variables:
3970======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003972U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3973can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003975Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3976"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3977without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3978environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3979working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3980environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003982Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3983
3984List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003986 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003988 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003990 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003992 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003996 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3997 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3998 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3999 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4000 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4001 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004002 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4003 bootm_mapsize.
4004
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004005 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004006 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4007 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4008 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4009 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4010 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4011 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004012
4013 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4014 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4015 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4016 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4017 environment variable.
4018
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004019 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4020 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4021 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004023 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4024 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4025 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4026 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004028 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4029 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4030 be automatically started (by internally calling
4031 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004033 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4034 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4035 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4036 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4037 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004038
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004039 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4040 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004041 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4042 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4043 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4044 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4045 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4046 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4047 access it during the boot procedure.
4048
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004049 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4050 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4051 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4052 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4053 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4054 must be accessible by the kernel.
4055
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004056 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4057 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4058 defined.
4059
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004060 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4061 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4062 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4063 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4064 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004066 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4067 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4068 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4069 is usually what you want since it allows for
4070 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4071 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004072 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004073 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4074 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4075 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4076 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004078 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4079 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4080 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4081 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4082 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4083 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4088 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4089 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4090 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4091 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4092 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4093 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4098 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004100 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004104 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004105
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004106 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004109
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004110 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004111
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004112 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4113 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004114
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004115 => setenv ethact FEC
4116 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4117 => setenv ethact SCC
4118 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004120 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4121 available network interfaces.
4122 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4123
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004124 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004125 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4126 When set to "once" the network operation will
4127 fail when all the available network interfaces
4128 are tried once without success.
4129 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4130 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004132 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004133
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004134 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004135 UDP source port.
4136
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004137 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4138 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4139
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004140 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4141 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4142
4143 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4144 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4145 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4146 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4147 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4148 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4149 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4150
4151 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004152 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004153 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004154
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004155The following image location variables contain the location of images
4156used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4157not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4158variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4159server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4160loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4161flash or offset in NAND flash.
4162
4163*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4164boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4165boards use these variables for other purposes.
4166
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004167Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4168----- --------- ----------- --------------
4169u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4170Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4171device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4172ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004174The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4175updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4176depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178 bootfile - see above
4179 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4180 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4181 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4182 hostname - Target hostname
4183 ipaddr - see above
4184 netmask - Subnet Mask
4185 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4186 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004187
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004189There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4192 as type string and/or serial number
4193 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004195These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4196the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4197once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
4199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004202 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4203 with the "version" command. This variable is
4204 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004207Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4208only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004209
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004210
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004211Command Line Parsing:
4212=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004214There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4215the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217Old, simple command line parser:
4218--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004220- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4221- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004222- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004223- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4224 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004225 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004226- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4227 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004229Hush shell:
4230-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004232- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4233 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4234 until...do...done, ...
4235- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4236 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4237 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4238 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004240General rules:
4241--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4244 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4245 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4246 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004247
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004248(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004249 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4251 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004253Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4254=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004255
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004256Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4258"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004260Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4261MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4262"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4265in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4266ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4267variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004269o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4270 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4273 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4274 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004276o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4277 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4280 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4281 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004283o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4284 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004286If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004287will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004288may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4289The naming convention is as follows:
4290"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004292Image Formats:
4293==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004295U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4296images in two formats:
4297
4298New uImage format (FIT)
4299-----------------------
4300
4301Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4302to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4303components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4304SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4305
4306
4307Old uImage format
4308-----------------
4309
4310Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4311preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4312details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4315 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004316 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4317 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4318 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004319* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004320 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4321 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004322* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4323* Load Address
4324* Entry Point
4325* Image Name
4326* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004327
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004328The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4329and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4330CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004333Linux Support:
4334==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004336Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4337easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4338U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004340U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4341special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4342"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4343instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4344serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004346- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4347 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4348 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004350- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4351 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004353- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4354 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4355 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4356 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4357 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4358 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004359
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361Linux HOWTO:
4362============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4365---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004367U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4368configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4369(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4370Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004372But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004374Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4375include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004376Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4377and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004378as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004379
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004381Configuring the Linux kernel:
4382-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004384No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4385device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388Building a Linux Image:
4389-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004390
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004391With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4392not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4393"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4394U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4395which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4396100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004398Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004400 make TQM850L_config
4401 make oldconfig
4402 make dep
4403 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004405The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4406encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4407CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004409* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004411* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4414 -R .note -R .comment \
4415 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004419 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004423 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4424 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4425 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004426
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004428The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4429with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4430combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4431byte header containing information about target architecture,
4432operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4433stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004435"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4436print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004438In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4439contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4440checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004442 tools/mkimage -l image
4443 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004445The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4446from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004448 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4449 -n name -d data_file image
4450 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4451 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4452 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4453 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4454 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4455 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4456 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4457 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004458
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004459Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4460address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4461kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004463- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4464- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004468 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4469 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004470 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4472 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4473 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4474 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4475 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4476 Load Address: 0x00000000
4477 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004479To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004481 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4482 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4483 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4484 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4485 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4486 Load Address: 0x00000000
4487 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004489NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4490speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4491needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4492need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004493
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004494 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4496 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004497 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4499 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4500 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4501 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4502 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4503 Load Address: 0x00000000
4504 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004505
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4508when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4511 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4512 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4513 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4514 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4515 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4516 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4517 Load Address: 0x00000000
4518 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004519
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521Installing a Linux Image:
4522-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004524To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4525you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4530image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4531address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4532specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4533command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4536TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540 .......... done
4541 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543 => loads 40100000
4544 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4545 ~>examples/image.srec
4546 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4547 ...
4548 15989 15990 15991 15992
4549 [file transfer complete]
4550 [connected]
4551 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
4553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004555this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004558 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4561 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4562 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4563 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4564 Load Address: 00000000
4565 Entry Point: 0000000c
4566 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
4568
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004569Boot Linux:
4570-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4573memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4574of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4575parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4576"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
4578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004579 => printenv bootargs
4580 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004582 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004584 => printenv bootargs
4585 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587 => bootm 40020000
4588 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4589 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4590 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4591 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4592 Load Address: 00000000
4593 Entry Point: 0000000c
4594 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4595 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4596 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4597 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4598 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4599 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4600 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4601 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004602
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004603If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004604the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4605format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004609 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4610 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4611 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4612 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4613 Load Address: 00000000
4614 Entry Point: 0000000c
4615 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4618 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4619 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4620 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4621 Load Address: 00000000
4622 Entry Point: 00000000
4623 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004625 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4626 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4627 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4628 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4629 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4630 Load Address: 00000000
4631 Entry Point: 0000000c
4632 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4633 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4634 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4635 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4636 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4637 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4638 Load Address: 00000000
4639 Entry Point: 00000000
4640 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4641 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4642 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4643 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4644 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4645 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4646 ...
4647 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4648 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004652Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4653-----------
4654
4655First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4656titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4657following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4658flat device tree:
4659
4660=> print oftaddr
4661oftaddr=0x300000
4662=> print oft
4663oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4664=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4665Speed: 1000, full duplex
4666Using TSEC0 device
4667TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4668Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4669Load address: 0x300000
4670Loading: #
4671done
4672Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4673=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4674Speed: 1000, full duplex
4675Using TSEC0 device
4676TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4677Filename 'uImage'.
4678Load address: 0x200000
4679Loading:############
4680done
4681Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4682=> print loadaddr
4683loadaddr=200000
4684=> print oftaddr
4685oftaddr=0x300000
4686=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4687## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004688 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4689 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4690 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004691 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004692 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004693 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4694 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4695Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4696Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4697Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4698[snip]
4699
4700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004701More About U-Boot Image Types:
4702------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004704U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4707 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4708 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4709 the Standalone Program.
4710 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4711 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4712 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4713 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4714 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4715 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4716 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4717 being started.
4718 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4719 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4720 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4721 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4722 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4723 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4726 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4727 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4728 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4729 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4730 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4733 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4734 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4737 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4738 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4739 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004740
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004741Booting the Linux zImage:
4742-------------------------
4743
4744On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4745using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4746as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4747
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004748Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4749kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4750address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4751format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4752
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754Standalone HOWTO:
4755=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004757One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4758run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4759U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763"Hello World" Demo:
4764-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4767application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4768It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4769like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771 => loads
4772 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4773 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4774 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4775 [file transfer complete]
4776 [connected]
4777 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4780 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4781 Hello World
4782 argc = 7
4783 argv[0] = "40004"
4784 argv[1] = "Hello"
4785 argv[2] = "World!"
4786 argv[3] = "This"
4787 argv[4] = "is"
4788 argv[5] = "a"
4789 argv[6] = "test."
4790 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4791 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004793 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4796handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4797Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4798The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4799character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4800controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4803 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4804 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4805 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807 => loads
4808 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4809 ~>examples/timer.srec
4810 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4811 [file transfer complete]
4812 [connected]
4813 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004815 => go 40004
4816 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4817 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4818 Using timer 1
4819 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821Hit 'b':
4822 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4823 Enabling timer
4824Hit '?':
4825 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4826 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4827Hit '?':
4828 [q, b, e, ?] .
4829 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4830Hit '?':
4831 [q, b, e, ?] .
4832 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4833Hit '?':
4834 [q, b, e, ?] .
4835 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4836Hit 'e':
4837 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4838Hit 'q':
4839 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
4841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842Minicom warning:
4843================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4846"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4847consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4848Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4849especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004850use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4851http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4852for help with kermit.
4853
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004854
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004855Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4856configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4859 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4860 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004861
4862
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004863NetBSD Notes:
4864=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004866Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4867(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4870NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4871need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4872Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4873attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4874missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4877 # mkdir powerpc
4878 # ln -s powerpc machine
4879 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4880 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004882Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4883and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004885Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4886stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4887proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4888tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004889meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
4891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004892Implementation Internals:
4893=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004895The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4896implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4897inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4898hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
4900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004901Initial Stack, Global Data:
4902---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4905starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4906system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4907This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4908is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4909at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4910options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4911models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4912MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4913locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004915 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004916 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004918 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4919 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4920 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4921 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4924 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4925 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4926 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4927 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004928 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004929 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4930 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4933 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004934 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4936 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4937 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4938 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004940 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4942 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004943 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004944 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4945 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4946 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4947 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4948 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004949
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004950 -Chris Hallinan
4951 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004953It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4954code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004955
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4957 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004958
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004959* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4961 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4964 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004966Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4967normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4968turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4969simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4970functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4971functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4972the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4973place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4974reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004976When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4977relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4978GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4981 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004982 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4984 R5-R10: parameter passing
4985 R13: small data area pointer
4986 R30: GOT pointer
4987 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004989 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4990 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4991 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004992
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004993 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4996 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4997 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4998 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4999 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5000 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005002On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005003 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5004
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005005 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009 R0: function argument word/integer result
5010 R1-R3: function argument word
5011 R9: GOT pointer
5012 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5013 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5014 R12: temporary workspace
5015 R13: stack pointer
5016 R14: link register
5017 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005020
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005021On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5022 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5023
5024 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5025
5026 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5027 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5028
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005029On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5030
5031 R0-R1: argument/return
5032 R2-R5: argument
5033 R15: temporary register for assembler
5034 R16: trampoline register
5035 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5036 R29: global pointer (GP)
5037 R30: link register (LP)
5038 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5039 PC: program counter (PC)
5040
5041 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5042
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005043NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5044or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046Memory Management:
5047------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5050MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5053controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5054memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5055physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005057U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5058TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5059booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5060to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005061memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5063Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5066of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5069this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5072 :
5073 0x0000 1FFF
5074 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5075 :
5076 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078 :
5079 :
5080 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5081 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5082 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5083 :
5084 0x00FD FFFF
5085 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5086 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5087 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5088 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
5090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091System Initialization:
5092----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005094In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005095(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5097To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5098To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5099initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5100which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5101part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5102the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5105preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5106(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5107on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5108programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5109simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5110banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5113different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5114bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
51150x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5116contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5119and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5120Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5121pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5124until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5125running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5126new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005127
5128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129U-Boot Porting Guide:
5130----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5133list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
5135
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005136int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137{
5138 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005140 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5141 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005144 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145 return 0;
5146 }
5147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 Download latest U-Boot source;
5149
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005150 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005152 if (clueless)
5153 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005154
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005155 while (learning) {
5156 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005157 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5158 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005160 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005163 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5164 Buy a BDI3000;
5165 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005167
5168 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5169 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5170 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5171 } else {
5172 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5173 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005175 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5176 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005178 while (!accepted) {
5179 while (!running) {
5180 do {
5181 Add / modify source code;
5182 } until (compiles);
5183 Debug;
5184 if (clueless)
5185 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5186 }
5187 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5188 if (reasonable critiques)
5189 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5190 else
5191 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194 return 0;
5195}
5196
5197void no_more_time (int sig)
5198{
5199 hire_a_guru();
5200}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
5202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203Coding Standards:
5204-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005207coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005208"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005210Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5211MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5212reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5213sources.
5214
5215Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5216Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5217in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005218
5219Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5220- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005221- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005223- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5225
5226Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5227with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
5229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230Submitting Patches:
5231-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5234establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5235may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005237Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005238
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005239Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5240see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005242When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5243it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5246 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5247 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5250 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005252* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5253
5254* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5255
5256* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005257 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258
5259* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5260 document these in the README file.
5261
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005262* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5263 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005264 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005265 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5266 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005268 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5269 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5270 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005272 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5273 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5274 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5275 affected files).
5276
5277 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5278 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279
5280* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5281 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5282
5283* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5284 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5285
5286
5287Notes:
5288
5289* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5290 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5291 for any of the boards.
5292
5293* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5294 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5295 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5296
5297* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5298 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5299 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5300 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5301 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5302 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005303
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005304* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5305 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5306 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5307 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.